blob: 43909b9afe38e42710feaeb38fa85df964accfae [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
177 if (!isCompAssign) {
178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
179 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
180 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
199 if (!isCompAssign) {
200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
202 }
203 return destType;
204}
205
206QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
207 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
208 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
209 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
210 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
211 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000212 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
213 lhs = Context.IntTy;
214 else
215 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
216 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
217 rhs = Context.IntTy;
218 else
219 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000220
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000221 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
222 if (lhs == rhs)
223 return lhs;
224
225 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
226 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
227 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
228 return lhs;
229
230 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
231
232 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
233 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
234 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
235 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000237 return lhs;
238 }
239 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
240 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000241 return rhs;
242 }
243 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
244 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
245 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
246 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
247 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
248 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
249 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
250 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
251 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
252 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
253 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
254
255 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
256 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000257 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
258 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 }
260 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
261 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
262 // does not require this promotion.
263 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
264 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000265 return rhs;
266 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000267 return lhs;
268 }
269 }
270 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
271 }
272 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
274 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000275 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000277 return lhs;
278 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000279 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
280 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
281 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
282 }
283 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 return rhs;
286 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000287 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
288 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
289 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
290 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000291 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
292 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
293 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000294 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000295 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000296 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
297 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000298 }
299 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
300 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
301 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
303
304 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
305 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000306 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
307 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 return rhs;
309 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
310 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000311 return lhs;
312 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
313 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000314 return rhs;
315 }
316 }
317 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
318 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
319 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
320 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
321 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
322 QualType destType;
323 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
324 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
325 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
326 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
327 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
328 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
329 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
330 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
331 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
332 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
333 // use the signed type.
334 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else {
336 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
337 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
338 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
339 // to the signed type.
340 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
341 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
396/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
397/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
398/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
405
406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
414 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
415
416 return true;
417}
418
419
420
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000421/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000422/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000423/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000424/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000425/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000426Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
427 IdentifierInfo &II,
428 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000429 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
430 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
431 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000432 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000433}
434
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000435/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
436/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
437/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000438DeclRefExpr *
439Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
440 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
441 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000442 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
443 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000444 ValueDependent,
445 SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 else
447 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448}
449
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
452/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
456
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
459 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
460 // this even better.
461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
464 D != DEnd; ++D) {
465 if (*D == Record) {
466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
467 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
468 ++D;
469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000471 return *D;
472 }
473 }
474
475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
476 return 0;
477}
478
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000479Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000480Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
481 FieldDecl *Field,
482 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
483 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
484 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
485 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
486 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
487
488 // Construct the sequence of field member references
489 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
490 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
491 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
492 // the current context to the field we found.
493 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
494 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
495 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
496 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
497 do {
498 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000499 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
501 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
502 else {
503 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
504 break;
505 }
506 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
507 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
508 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
509
510 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
511 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
512 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
513 // found via name lookup.
514 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
515 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
516 if (BaseObject) {
517 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
518 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000519 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000520 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000521 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 ExtraQuals
523 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
524 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
525 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
526 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
527 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
528 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
529 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
530 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
531 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
532 }
533 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
534 } else {
535 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
536 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
537 // program our base object expression is "this".
538 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
539 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
540 QualType AnonFieldType
541 = Context.getTagDeclType(
542 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
543 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
544 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
545 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
546 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
547 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000548 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000549 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
551 }
552 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000553 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
554 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000555 }
556 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
557 }
558
559 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000560 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
561 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 }
563
564 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
565 // anonymous struct/union.
566 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
567 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
568 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
569 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
570 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
571 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
572 unsigned combinedQualifiers
573 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
574 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
575 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
577 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000578 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 }
581
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000582 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583}
584
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000585/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
586/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
587/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
588/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
589/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
590/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
591/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
592/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
593/// forms.
594///
595/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
596/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
597/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
598/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000599///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000600/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
601/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
602/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
603/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000604Sema::OwningExprResult
605Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
606 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000607 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000608 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000609 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000610 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
611 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000612 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
613 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000614
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000615 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
617 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
618 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
619 : SourceRange());
620 return ExprError();
621 } else
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000622 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000623
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000624 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
625 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000626 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
627 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000628 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
629 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000630 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
631 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
632 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000633 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000634 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
636 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000637 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000638 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
639 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
641 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
642 // an error.
643 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
644 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
645 << IV->getDeclName());
646 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
647 // same name exists, use the global.
648 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000649 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
650 ClassDeclared != IFace)
651 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000652 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
653 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
654 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
655 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
656 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
657 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
658 true, true);
659 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
660 return Owned(MRef);
661 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000662 }
663 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000664 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
665 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
666 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
668 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
669 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
670 IFace == ClassDeclared)
671 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
672 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000673 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000674 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000675 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000676 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000677 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000679 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000680 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000681
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000682 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
683 // argument-dependent lookup.
684 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
685 HasTrailingLParen;
686
687 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000688 // We've seen something of the form
689 //
690 // identifier(
691 //
692 // and we did not find any entity by the name
693 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
694 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
695 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
696 Context.OverloadTy,
697 Loc));
698 }
699
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000700 if (D == 0) {
701 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
702 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000703 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000704 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000705 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000706 else {
707 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
708 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000709 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000710 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
711 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
713 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000714 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
715 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000716 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000717 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000718 }
719 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000720
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000721 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
722 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
723 // not any specific instance's member.
724 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000725 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000726 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000727 QualType DType;
728 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
729 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
730 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
731 DType = Method->getType();
732 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
733 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
734 }
735 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
736 if (!DType.isNull()) {
737 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
738 // dependent.
739 bool Dependent = false;
740 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
741 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
742 if (DC->isRecord()) {
743 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
744 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
745 Dependent = true;
746 break;
747 }
748 }
749 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000750 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000751 }
752 }
753 }
754
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000755 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
756 // (C++ [class.union]).
757 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
758 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
759 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000760
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000761 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
762 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
763 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
764 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
765 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
766 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
767 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
768 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
769 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
770 QualType MemberType;
771 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
772 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
773 MemberType = FD->getType();
774
775 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
776 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
777 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
778 unsigned combinedQualifiers
779 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
780 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
781 }
782 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
783 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
784 Ctx = Method->getParent();
785 MemberType = Method->getType();
786 }
787 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
788 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
789 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
790 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
791 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
792 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
793 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
794 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
795 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
796 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
797 break;
798 }
799 }
800 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000801
802 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000803 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
804 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
805 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
806 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
807 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
808 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000809 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000810 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000811 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000812 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000813 }
814 }
815 }
816 }
817
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000818 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000819 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
820 if (MD->isStatic())
821 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000822 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
823 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000824 }
825
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000826 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
827 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
828 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000829 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
830 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000831 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000832
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000833 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000835 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000836 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000837 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000839
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000840 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000841 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000842 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
843 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000844 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
845 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
846 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000847 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000848
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000849 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
850 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
851 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
852 // that overload resolution actually selects.
853 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
854 return ExprError();
855
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000856 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000857 // Warn about constructs like:
858 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
859 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000860 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
861 Scope *CheckS = S;
862 while (CheckS) {
863 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
864 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
865 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000866 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
867 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000868 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000869 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
870 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000871 break;
872 }
873
874 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
875 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
876 if (CheckS)
877 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
878 }
879 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000880 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
881 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
882 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
883 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
884 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
885 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
886 // type.
887 QualType T = Func->getType();
888 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000889 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
890 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000891 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
892 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000893 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000894
895 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
896 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000897 return ExprError();
898
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000899 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
900 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
901 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
902 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000903 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000904 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
905 // as they do not get snapshotted.
906 //
907 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000908 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
909 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
910
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000911 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
912 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000913 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000914 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000915
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000916 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
917 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000918 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000919 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000920 }
921 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
922 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000923
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000924 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000925 bool ValueDependent = false;
926 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
927 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
928 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
929 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
930 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
931 TypeDependent = true;
932 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
933 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
934 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
935 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
936 TypeDependent = true;
937 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
938 // names a dependent type.
939 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
940 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
941 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
942 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000943 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000944 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
945 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
946 TypeDependent = true;
947 break;
948 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000949 }
950 }
951 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000952
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000953 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
954 //
955 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
956 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
957 if (TypeDependent)
958 ValueDependent = true;
959 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
960 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
961 ValueDependent = true;
962 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
963 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
964 // (FIXME!).
965 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
968 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000969}
970
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
972 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000973 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000974
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000975 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000976 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000977 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
978 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
979 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000980 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000981
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000982 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
983 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000984 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000985 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
986 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000987 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
988 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
989 else {
990 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
991 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
992 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
993 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000994
995
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000996 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000997 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000998 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000999 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001000}
1001
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001002Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001003 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1004 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1005 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1006 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001007
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001008 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1009 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1010 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001011 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001012
1013 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1014
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001015 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1016 Literal.isWide(),
1017 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001018}
1019
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001020Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1021 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001022 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1023 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001024 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001025 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001026 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001027 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001028 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001029
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001030 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001031 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1032 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001033 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001035 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1036 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001037
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001038 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1039 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1040 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001041 return ExprError();
1042
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001043 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001044
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001045 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001046 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001047 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001048 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001049 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001050 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001051 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001052 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001053
1054 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1055
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001056 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1057 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001058 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1059 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001061 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001063 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001064 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001065
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001066 // long long is a C99 feature.
1067 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001068 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001069 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1070
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001071 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001072 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001073
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001074 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1075 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1076 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001077 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1078 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001079 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001080 } else {
1081 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1082 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001083
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001084 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1085 // be an unsigned int.
1086 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1087
1088 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001089 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001090 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1091 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001092 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001093
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001094 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1095 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1096 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1097 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001098 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001099 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001100 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001101 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001102 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001103 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001104
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001105 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001106 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001107 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001108
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001109 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1110 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1111 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1112 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001113 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001114 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001115 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001116 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001118 }
1119
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001120 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001121 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001122 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001124 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1125 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1126 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1127 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001128 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001129 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001130 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001131 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001132 }
1133 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001134
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001135 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1136 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001137 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001138 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001139 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001140 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001141 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001143 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1144 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001146 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001147 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001149 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1150 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001151 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1152 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001153
1154 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001155}
1156
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001157Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1158 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1159 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001160 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001161 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001162}
1163
1164/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1165/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001166bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001167 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1168 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1169 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001170 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1171 return false;
1172
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001173 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001174 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001175 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001176 if (isSizeof)
1177 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1178 return false;
1179 }
1180
1181 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001182 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1183 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001184 return false;
1185 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001186
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001187 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1188 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1189 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1190 ExprRange);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001191}
1192
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001193bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1194 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1195 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001196
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001197 // alignof decl is always ok.
1198 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1199 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001200
1201 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1202 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1203 return false;
1204
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001205 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1206 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1207 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001208 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001209 return true;
1210 }
1211 // Other fields are ok.
1212 return false;
1213 }
1214 }
1215 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1216}
1217
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001218/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1219/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1220/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001221Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001222Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1223 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001225 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001226
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001227 QualType ArgTy;
1228 SourceRange Range;
1229 if (isType) {
1230 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1231 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattner694b1e42009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001232
1233 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1234 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1235 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001236 } else {
1237 // Get the end location.
1238 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1239 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1240 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattner694b1e42009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001241
1242 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001243 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001244 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001245 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001246 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1247 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1248 isInvalid = true;
1249 } else {
1250 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1251 }
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001252
1253 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattner694b1e42009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001254 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1255 return ExprError();
1256 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001257 }
1258
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001259 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001260 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001261 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1262 Range.getEnd()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263}
1264
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001265QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001266 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1267 return Context.DependentTy;
1268
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001269 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1270
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001271 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001272 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1273 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001274
1275 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1276 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1277 return V->getType();
1278
1279 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1281 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001282 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001283}
1284
1285
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001286
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001287Action::OwningExprResult
1288Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1289 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1290 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001291
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1293 switch (Kind) {
1294 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1295 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1296 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1297 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001298
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001299 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1300 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1301 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001302 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001303 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1304
1305 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1306 //
1307 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1308 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1309 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1310 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1311 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1312 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1313 // argument will have value zero.
1314 Expr *Args[2] = {
1315 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001316 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1317 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001318 };
1319
1320 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1321 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001322 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
1323 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001324
1325 // Perform overload resolution.
1326 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1327 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1328 case OR_Success: {
1329 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1330 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1331
1332 if (FnDecl) {
1333 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1334 // operator.
1335
1336 // Convert the arguments.
1337 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1338 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001339 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001340 } else {
1341 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001342 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001343 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1344 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001345 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001346 }
1347
1348 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001349 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001350 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1351 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001352
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001353 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001354 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001355 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001356 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1357
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001358 Input.release();
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001359 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
1360 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001361 } else {
1362 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1363 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1364 // operator node.
1365 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1366 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001367 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001368
1369 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001370 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001371 }
1372
1373 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1374 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1375 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1376 break;
1377
1378 case OR_Ambiguous:
1379 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1380 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1381 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1382 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001383 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001384
1385 case OR_Deleted:
1386 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1387 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1388 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1389 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1390 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1391 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001392 }
1393
1394 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1395 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1396 // build a built-in operation.
1397 }
1398
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001399 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1400 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001402 return ExprError();
1403 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001404 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001405}
1406
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001407Action::OwningExprResult
1408Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1409 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1410 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1411 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001412
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001413 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001414 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001415 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1416 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1417 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001418 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1419 // to the candidate set.
1420 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1421 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001422 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1423 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)))
1424 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001425
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001426 // Perform overload resolution.
1427 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1428 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1429 case OR_Success: {
1430 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1431 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1432
1433 if (FnDecl) {
1434 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1435 // operator.
1436
1437 // Convert the arguments.
1438 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1439 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1440 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1441 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1442 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001444 } else {
1445 // Convert the arguments.
1446 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1447 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1448 "passing") ||
1449 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1450 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1451 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001452 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001453 }
1454
1455 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001456 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001457 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1458 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001459
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001460 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001461 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1462 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001463 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1464
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465 Base.release();
1466 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001467 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001468 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001469 } else {
1470 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1471 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1472 // operator node.
1473 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1474 "passing") ||
1475 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1476 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001477 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001478
1479 break;
1480 }
1481 }
1482
1483 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1484 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1485 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1486 break;
1487
1488 case OR_Ambiguous:
1489 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1490 << "[]"
1491 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1492 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001493 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001494
1495 case OR_Deleted:
1496 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1497 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1498 << "[]"
1499 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1500 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1501 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001502 }
1503
1504 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1505 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1506 // build a built-in operation.
1507 }
1508
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001509 // Perform default conversions.
1510 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1511 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001513 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001514
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001515 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001516 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001517 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001518 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001519 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1520 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001521 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1522 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1523 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1524 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1525 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001526 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1527 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1528 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1529 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001530 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001531 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001532 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1533 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1534 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1535 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001536 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1537 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001538 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001539
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001540 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1541 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001542 } else {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001543 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1544 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1545 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001546 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001547 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1549 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001551 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1552 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001553 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1554 // objects in C99.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001555 if (!ResultType->isObjectType() && !ResultType->isDependentType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001557 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001559
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 Base.release();
1561 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001562 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001563 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001564}
1565
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001566QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001567CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001568 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001569 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001570
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001571 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1572 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001573
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001574 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001575 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1576 // to be selected.
1577 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001578
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001579 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1580 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1581 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001582
1583 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1584 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001585 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001586 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1587 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001588 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001589 do
1590 compStr++;
1591 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001592 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001593 do
1594 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001595 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001596 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001597
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001598 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001599 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1600 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001601 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1602 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001603 return QualType();
1604 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001605
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001606 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1607 // operates on.
1608 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1609 compStr = CompName.getName();
1610
1611 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001612 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001613
1614 while (*compStr) {
1615 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1616 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1617 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1618 return QualType();
1619 }
1620 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001621 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001622
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001623 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1624 // number of elements.
1625 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001626 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001627 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001628 return QualType();
1629 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001630
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001631 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001632 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001633 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001634 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001635 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001636 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1637 : CompName.getLength();
1638 if (HexSwizzle)
1639 CompSize--;
1640
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001641 if (CompSize == 1)
1642 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001643
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001644 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001645 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001646 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1647 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1648 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1649 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001650 }
1651 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001652}
1653
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001654
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001655/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1656/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1657/// has been capitalized.
1658// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1659// live?
1660static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1661 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1662 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1663 SelectorName = "set";
1664 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1665 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1666 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1667}
1668
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669Action::OwningExprResult
1670Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1671 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1672 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1673 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001674 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001675
1676 // Perform default conversions.
1677 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001679 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1680 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001682 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1683 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001684 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001685 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001686 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001687 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001688 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1689 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001690 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001691 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1692 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1693 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001694 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001695
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001696 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1697 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001698 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001699 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001700 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001701 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1702 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1703 return ExprError();
1704
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001705 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001706 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1707 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001708 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001709 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001710 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001711
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001712 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001713 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1715 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1716 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1717 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1718 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1719 return ExprError();
1720 } else
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001721 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001722
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001723 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1724 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1725 // error cases.
1726 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1727 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001728
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001729 // Check the use of this field
1730 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1731 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001732
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001733 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001734 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1735 // (C++ [class.union]).
1736 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001737 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001738 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001739
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001740 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1741 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001742 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001743 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1744 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1745 else {
1746 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1747 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001748 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001749 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1750 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1751 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001752
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001753 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1754 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001755 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001756 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001757 Var, MemberLoc,
1758 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001759 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001760 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001761 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001762 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001763 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001764 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001766 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001767 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1768 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001769 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1771 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001772
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001773 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1774 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1775 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1777 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1778 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001779 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001780
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001781 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1782 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001783 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001784 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1785 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1786 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001787 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1788 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1789 // error cases.
1790 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001792
1793 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1794 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1795 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001796 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public) {
1797 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1798 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1799 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
1800 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
1801 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
1802 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
1803 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1804 }
1805 // @protected
1806 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1807 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1808 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001809
1810 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001811 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianefc4c4b2008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001812 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1813 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001814 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001815 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001816 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1817 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1818 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001819 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001820
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001821 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1822 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1823 const PointerType *PTy;
1824 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1825 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1826 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1827 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001828
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001829 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001830 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001831 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1832 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1833 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001834
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001835 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001836 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1837 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001838
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001839 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001840 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1841 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001842 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001843 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1844 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1845 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001846
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001847 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001848 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1849 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001850
1851 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1852 // selector is implemented.
1853
1854 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1855 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1856
1857 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1858 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001860 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1861 if (!Getter)
1862 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1863 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001864 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001865 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1866 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1867
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001868 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1869 if (!Getter) {
1870 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1871 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1872 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1873 }
1874 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001875 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001876 // Check if we can reference this property.
1877 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1878 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001879
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001880 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001881 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1882 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1883 &Member);
1884 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1885 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1886 if (!Setter) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001887 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001888 // methods.
1889 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1890 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001891 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001892 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1893 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1894 }
1895 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1896 if (!Setter) {
1897 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1898 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1899 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1900 }
1901 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001902
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001903 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1904 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001905
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001906 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001907 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001908 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001909 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001910
1911 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1912 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001913 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001914 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1915 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1916 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1917 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1918 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001919 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001920 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001921 // Check the use of this declaration
1922 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1923 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001924
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001925 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001926 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1927 }
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001928 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1929 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1930 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001931 // Check the use of this method.
1932 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
1933 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934
1935 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001936 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001937 }
1938 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001939
1940 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1941 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001942 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001943 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00001944 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001945 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1946 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001947 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001948 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001949 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001950 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001951
1952 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1953 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1954 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001955}
1956
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001957/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1958/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1959/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1960/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1961/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1962/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963bool
1964Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001965 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001966 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001967 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1968 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001969 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001970 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1971 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1972 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001973 bool Invalid = false;
1974
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001975 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1976 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1977 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1978 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1979 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1980 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1981 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1982 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001983 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001984 }
1985
1986 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1987 // them.
1988 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1989 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1990 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1991 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1992 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1993 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1994 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1995 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001996 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001997 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001998 }
1999 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2000 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002001
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002002 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2003 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2004 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002005
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002006 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002007 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002008 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002009
2010 // Pass the argument.
2011 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2012 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002013 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002014 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002015 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002016 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002017
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002018 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2019 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002020
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002021 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2022 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002023 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2024 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2025 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2026 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2027 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2028
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002029 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2030 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2031 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002032 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002033 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2034 }
2035 }
2036
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002037 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002038}
2039
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002040/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002041/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2042/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002043Action::OwningExprResult
2044Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2045 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002046 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002047 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2048 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2049 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002050 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002051 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002052 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002053
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002054 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002055 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002056 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002057 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2058 bool Dependent = false;
2059 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2060 Dependent = true;
2061 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2062 Dependent = true;
2063
2064 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002065 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002066 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2067
2068 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2069 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2070 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2071 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2072
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002073 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002074 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2075 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2076 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002077 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2078 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002079 }
2080
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002081 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002082 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002083 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2084 bool ADL = true;
2085 while (true) {
2086 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2087 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2088 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002089 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002090 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002091 ADL = false;
2092 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2093 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002094 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002095 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2096 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002097 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2098 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2099 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2100 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002101 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002102 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2103 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2104 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002105 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002106 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2107 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2108 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002109 break;
2110 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002111 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002113 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2114 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002115 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002116 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2117 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002118
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002119 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002120 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002121 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002122 ADL = false;
2123
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002124 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2125 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2126 ADL = false;
2127
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002128 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002129 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2130 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002131 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2132 if (!FDecl)
2133 return ExprError();
2134
2135 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2136 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002138 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002139 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2140 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002141 false, false,
2142 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2143 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002144 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002145 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2146 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2147 Fn = NewFn;
2148 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002149 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002150
2151 // Promote the function operand.
2152 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2153
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002154 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2155 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002156 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2157 Args, NumArgs,
2158 Context.BoolTy,
2159 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002160
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002161 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2162 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2163 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2164 // have type pointer to function".
2165 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2166 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002167 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2168 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002169 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2170 } else { // This is a block call.
2171 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2172 getAsFunctionType();
2173 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002174 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2176 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2177
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002178 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002179 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002181 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002182 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002183 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002184 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002185 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002186 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002187
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002188 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002189 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2190 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2191 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
2192 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002193 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002194 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002195
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002196 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2197 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002198 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2199 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002200
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002201 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002202 if (FDecl)
2203 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002204
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002205 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002206}
2207
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002208Action::OwningExprResult
2209Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2210 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002211 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002212 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002213 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002214 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002215 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002216
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002217 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002218 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002219 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2220 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002221 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2222 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2223 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002224 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002225
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002226 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002227 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002228 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002229
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002230 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002231 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002232 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002233 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002234 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002235 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002236 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002237 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002238}
2239
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002240Action::OwningExprResult
2241Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2242 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2243 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2244 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2245 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002246
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002247 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002248 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002249
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002250 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002251 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002252 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002253 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002254}
2255
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002256/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002257bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002258 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2259
2260 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2261 // type needs to be scalar.
2262 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2263 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002264 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2265 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002266 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002267 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2268 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2269 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2270 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2271 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2272 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2273 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2274 // GCC cast to union extension
2275 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2276 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2277 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2278 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2279 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2280 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2281 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2282 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2283 break;
2284 }
2285 }
2286 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2287 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2288 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2289 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002290 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002291 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002292 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002293 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002294 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002295 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002296 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2297 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002298 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002299 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2300 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2301 return true;
2302 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2303 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2304 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002305 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
2306 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002307 }
2308 return false;
2309}
2310
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002311bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002312 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002313
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002314 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002315 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002316 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002317 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002318 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002319 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002320 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002321 } else
2322 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002323 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002324 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002325
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002326 return false;
2327}
2328
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002329Action::OwningExprResult
2330Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2331 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2332 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2333 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002334
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002335 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002336 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2337
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002338 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002339 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002340 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002341 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002342}
2343
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002344/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2345/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002346/// C99 6.5.15
2347QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2348 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002349 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2350 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2351 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2352 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2353 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2354 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002355
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002356 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002357 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2358 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2359 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2360 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002361 return QualType();
2362 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002363 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002364
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002365 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002366 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002367 return Context.DependentTy;
2368
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002369 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2370 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002371 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2372 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2373 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002374 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002375
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002376 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2377 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002378 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2379 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002380 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002381 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002382 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002383 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002384 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002385
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002386 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002387 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002388 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2389 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2390 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2391 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2392 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2393 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2394 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2395 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2396 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002397 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002398 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002399 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2400 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002401 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2402 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2403 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2404 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2405 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002406 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002407 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2408 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2409 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2410 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2411 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002412 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002413
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002414 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2415 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002416 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2417 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002418 // get the "pointed to" types
2419 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2420 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002421
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002422 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2423 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002424 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002425 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2426 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002427 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002428 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2429 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002430 return destType;
2431 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002432 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002433 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002434 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002435 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2436 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002437 return destType;
2438 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002439
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002440 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002441 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002442 return LHSTy;
2443 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002444
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002445 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002446
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002447 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2448 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002449 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002450 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002451 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2452 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2453 // type. This allows
2454 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2455 // where B is a subclass of A.
2456 //
2457 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2458 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2459 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2460 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2461
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002462 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002463 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002464 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2465 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2466 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2467 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002468 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002469 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002470 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002471 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2473 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002474 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2475 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002476 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002477 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002478 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002479 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002480 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2481 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002482 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002483 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002484 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002485 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002486 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2487 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002488 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2489 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2490 // to get a consistent AST.
2491 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002492 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2493 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002494 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002495 }
2496 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002497 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2498 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2499 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2500 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002501 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002502 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002503 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2504 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002505 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002506 }
2507 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002508
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002509 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2510 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2511 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2512 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002513
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002514 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2515 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002516 // id with statically typed objects).
2517 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002518 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2519 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2520 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002521 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002522 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002523 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2524 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2525 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002526 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2527 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2528 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2529 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2530 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2531 // cases. Investigate.
2532 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002533 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2534 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002535 return compositeType;
2536 }
2537 }
2538
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002539 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002540 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2541 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002542 return QualType();
2543}
2544
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002545/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002546/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002547Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2548 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2549 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2550 ExprArg RHS) {
2551 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2552 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002553
2554 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2555 // was the condition.
2556 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2557 if (isLHSNull)
2558 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002559
2560 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002561 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002562 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002563 return ExprError();
2564
2565 Cond.release();
2566 LHS.release();
2567 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002568 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002569 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2570 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002571}
2572
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002573
2574// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002575// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002576// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2577// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2578// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002579Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002580Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2581 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002582
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002583 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002584 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2585 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002587 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002588 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2589 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002590
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002591 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002592
2593 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2594 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2595 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002596 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002597 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002598 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002599
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002600 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2601 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002602 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002603 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002604 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002605 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002606
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002607 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002608 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2609 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002610 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002611
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002612 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002613 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002614 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002615
2616 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002617 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2618 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002619 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002620 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002621 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002622 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002623 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2624 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002625 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002626}
2627
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002628/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2629/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2630/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2631// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002632Sema::AssignConvertType
2633Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002634 QualType rhsType) {
2635 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002636
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002637 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2638 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002639 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2640
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002641 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2642 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2643 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002644
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002645 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002646
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002647 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2648 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2649 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002650
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002651 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002653 return ConvTy;
2654}
2655
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2657/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002658/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2659///
2660/// int a, *pint;
2661/// short *pshort;
2662/// struct foo *pfoo;
2663///
2664/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2665/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2666/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2667/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2668///
2669/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002670/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002671///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002672Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002673Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002674 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2675 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002676 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2677 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002678
2679 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002680 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00002681
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002682 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2683 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2684 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2685 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2686 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2687 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2688 // type.
2689 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2690 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002691 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002692 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002693 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002694
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002695 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2696 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002697 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002698 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2699 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2700 return IntToPointer;
2701 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2702 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002703 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002704 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002705
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002706 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002707 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002708 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2709 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002710 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002711
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002712 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002713 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002714 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002715 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2716 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002717 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002718 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002719 }
2720 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002721 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002722
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002723 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002724 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002725
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002726 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002727 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002728 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002729
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002730 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002731 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002732
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002733 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002734 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002735 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002736
2737 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2738 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2739 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2740 return Compatible;
2741 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002742 return Incompatible;
2743 }
2744
2745 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2746 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002747 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002748
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002749 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2750 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2751 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2752 return Compatible;
2753
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002754 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2755 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002756
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002757 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2758 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002759 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002760 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002761 return Incompatible;
2762 }
2763
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002764 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002765 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002766 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2767 return Compatible;
2768
2769 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002770 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002771
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002772 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002773 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002774
2775 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002776 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002777 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002778 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002779 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002780
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002781 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002782 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002783 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002784 }
2785 return Incompatible;
2786}
2787
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002788Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002789Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2791 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2792 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2793 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2794 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002795 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2796 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002797 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002798 else
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002799 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002800 }
2801
2802 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2803 // structures.
2804 }
2805
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002806 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2807 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00002808 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
2809 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002810 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002811 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002812 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002813 return Compatible;
2814 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002816 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002817 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002818 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002819 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002820 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002822 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2823 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002824
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002825 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2826 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002827
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002828 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2829 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002830 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2831 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2832 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2833 // does not have reference type.
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002834 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002835 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002836 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002837}
2838
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002839Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002840Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2841 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2842}
2843
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002844QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002845 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002846 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002847 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002848 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002849}
2850
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002851inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00002852 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002853 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002854 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002855 QualType lhsType =
2856 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2857 QualType rhsType =
2858 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002859
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002860 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002861 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002862 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002863
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002864 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2865 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002866 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2867 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2868 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002869 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2870 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002871 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002872 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002873 }
2874 }
2875 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002877 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2878 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002879 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002880 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002881
2882 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002883 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2884 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002885 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002886 return lhsType;
2887 }
2888 }
2889
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002890 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002891 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002892 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002893 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2894
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002895 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002896 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2897 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002898 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002899 return rhsType;
2900 }
2901 }
2902
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002903 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002905 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002906 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002907 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00002908}
2909
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002910inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002911 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002912{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002913 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002914 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002916 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002917
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002918 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002919 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002920 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002921}
2922
2923inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002924 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002925{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002926 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2927 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2928 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2929 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2930 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00002931
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002932 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002933
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002934 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002935 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002936 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002937}
2938
2939inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002940 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002941{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00002942 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002943 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00002944
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002945 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002946
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002947 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002948 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002949 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002950
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002951 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2952 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2953 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2954 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2955
2956 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2957 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2958 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2959 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2960 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002961 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2962 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
2963 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
2964 return QualType();
2965 }
2966
2967 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002968 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2969 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002970 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2972 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2973 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2974 return QualType();
2975 }
2976
2977 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2978 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002979 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002980 } else {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002982 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2983 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2984 lex->getType());
2985 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002986 }
2987 }
2988 return PExp->getType();
2989 }
2990 }
2991
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002992 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002993}
2994
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002995// C99 6.5.6
2996QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002997 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00002998 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002999 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003000
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003001 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003002
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003003 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003004
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003005 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003006 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003007 return compType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003008
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003009 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3010 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003011 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003012
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003013 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003014 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003015 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003016 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003017 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3018 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003019 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3020 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3022 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3023 return QualType();
3024 }
3025
3026 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3027 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3028 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003029 } else {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003030 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003031 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003032 return QualType();
3033 }
3034 }
3035
3036 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
3037 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3038 return lex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003039
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003040 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3041 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003042 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003043
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003044 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003045 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003046 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003047 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3048 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003049 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3050 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor08048882009-01-23 19:03:35 +00003051 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3053 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3054 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
3055 return QualType();
3056 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003057
Douglas Gregor08048882009-01-23 19:03:35 +00003058 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3059 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
3060 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3061 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003062 } else {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003063 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003064 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003065 return QualType();
3066 }
3067 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003068
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003069 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003070 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003071 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003072 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003073 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003074 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003075 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003076 return QualType();
3077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003078
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003079 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3080 }
3081 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003083 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003084}
3085
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003086// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003087QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003088 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003089 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3090 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003091 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003092
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003093 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3094 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003095 if (!isCompAssign)
3096 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003097 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003098
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003099 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
3100 return lex->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003101}
3102
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003103// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003104QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003105 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003106 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003107 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003108
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003109 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003110 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3111 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3112 else {
3113 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3114 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3115 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003116 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3117 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003118
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003119 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3120 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3121 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003122 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek4e99a5f2008-01-17 16:57:34 +00003123 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3124 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003125 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003127 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003129 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
3130 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
3131
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003132 if (isRelational) {
3133 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003134 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003135 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003136 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003137 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
3138 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003139 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003140 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003142 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003143 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003144 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003146 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3147 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003148
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003149 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3150 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3151 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003152 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003153 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003154 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003155 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003156 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003157
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003158 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003159 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3160 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003161 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003162 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003163 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003164 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003165 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003166 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003167 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003168 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003169 // Handle block pointer types.
3170 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3171 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3172 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003173
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003174 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3175 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003176 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003177 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003178 }
3179 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003180 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003181 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003182 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3183 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3184 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3185 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003186 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003187 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003188 }
3189 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003190 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003191 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003192
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003193 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003194 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003195 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3196 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003198 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003199 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003200 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003202 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3203 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003204 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003205 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003206 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003207 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003208 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003209 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003210 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003211 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003212 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3213 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003214 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003215 } else {
3216 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003217 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003218 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003219 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003220 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003221 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003222 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003223 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003224 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003225 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003226 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003227 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003228 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003229 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003230 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003231 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003232 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003233 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003234 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003235 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003236 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003237 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003238 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003239 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003240 // Handle block pointers.
3241 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3242 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003243 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003244 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003245 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003246 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003247 }
3248 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3249 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003250 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003251 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003252 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003253 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003254 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003255 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003256}
3257
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003258/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003259/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003260/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3261/// types.
3262QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003263 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003264 bool isRelational) {
3265 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3266 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003267 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003268 if (vType.isNull())
3269 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003270
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003271 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3272 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003273
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003274 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3275 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3276 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3277 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3278 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3279 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3280 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003281 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003282 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003283
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003284 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3285 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3286 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003287 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003288 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003289
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003290 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3291 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3292 // elements for floating point vectors.
3293 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3294 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003295
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003296 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003297 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003298 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003299 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003300 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3301 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3302
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003304 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003305 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3306}
3307
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003308inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003309 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003310{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003311 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003312 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003313
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003314 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003316 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003317 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003318 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003319}
3320
3321inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003323{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003324 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3325 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003327 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003328 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003329 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003330}
3331
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003332/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3333/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3334/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3335///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003336static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003337{
3338 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3339 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3340 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3341 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3342 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003343 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003344 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3345 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3346 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3347 return true;
3348 }
3349 }
3350 return false;
3351}
3352
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003353/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3354/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3355static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003356 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3357 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3358 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003359 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3360 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003362 unsigned Diag = 0;
3363 bool NeedType = false;
3364 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3365 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3366 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003367 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003368 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3369 NeedType = true;
3370 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003372 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3373 NeedType = true;
3374 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003375 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003376 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3377 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003378 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003379 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3380 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003381 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3382 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003383 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003384 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3385 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003386 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003387 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3388 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003389 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003390 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3391 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003392 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3393 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3394 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003395 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3396 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3397 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003398 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003399
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003400 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003401 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003402 else
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003403 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003404 return true;
3405}
3406
3407
3408
3409// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003410QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3411 SourceLocation Loc,
3412 QualType CompoundType) {
3413 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3414 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003415 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003416
3417 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3418 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003419
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003420 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003421 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003422 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003423 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003424 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3425 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3426 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3427 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3428 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3429 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3430 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003431
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003432 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3433 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3434 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003435 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003436 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3437 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3438 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3439 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3440 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003441 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003442 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003443 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003444 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3445 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3446 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003447 }
3448 } else {
3449 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003450 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003451 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003452
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003453 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3454 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003455 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003456
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003457 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3458 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003459 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003460 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3461 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003462 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3463 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003464 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003465}
3466
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003467// C99 6.5.17
3468QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3469 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003471 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003472 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3473 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003474}
3475
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003476/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3477/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003478QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3479 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003480 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3481 return Context.DependentTy;
3482
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003483 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3484 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003485
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003486 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3487 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3488 if (!isInc) {
3489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3490 return QualType();
3491 }
3492 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3493 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3494 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003495 // OK!
3496 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3497 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3498 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3499 // Pointer to object is ok!
3500 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003501 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3502 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3503 << Op->getSourceRange();
3504 return QualType();
3505 }
3506
3507 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003508 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003509 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003510 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3511 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3512 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3513 return QualType();
3514 }
3515
3516 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003517 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003518 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003519 } else {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003520 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003521 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3522 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3523 ResType);
3524 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003525 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003526 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3527 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3528 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003529 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003530 } else {
3531 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003532 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003533 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003534 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003535 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003536 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003537 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003538 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003539 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003540}
3541
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003542/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003543/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003544/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3545/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3546/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3547/// - &(x) => x
3548/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3549/// - &s.xx => s
3550/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3551/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3552/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3553/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003554static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003555 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003556 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003557 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003558 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003559 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003560 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3561 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003562 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003563 return 0;
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003564 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003565 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003566 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003568 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar48d04ae2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003569 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlssonf2a4b842008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003570 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003571 return 0;
3572 else
3573 return VD;
3574 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003575 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3576 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003578 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3579 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3580 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003581 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3582 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3583 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3584 return 0;
3585 return VD;
3586 }
3587 return 0;
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003588 }
3589 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3590 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3591 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3592 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3593 default:
3594 return 0;
3595 }
3596 }
3597 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3598 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3599
3600 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3601 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3602
3603 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3604 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3605 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3606 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3607 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3608 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3609 }
3610 }
3611
3612 return 0;
3613 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003614 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003615 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003616 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3617 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003618 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003619 default:
3620 return 0;
3621 }
3622}
3623
3624/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003625/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003626/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003628/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003630/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003631QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003632 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3633 return Context.DependentTy;
3634
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003635 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3636 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3637 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3638 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3639 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3640 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3641 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3642 }
3643 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3644 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3645 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003646 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003647 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003648
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003649 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003650 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3651 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003652 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3653 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003654 return QualType();
3655 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003656 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003657 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3658 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3659 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3660 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3661 return QualType();
3662 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003663 }
3664 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003665 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3666 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003667 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003668 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003669 return QualType();
3670 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003671 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003672 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3673 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3674 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003675 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3676 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003677 return QualType();
3678 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003679 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003680 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003681 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3682 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003683 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3684 // scope qualifier for the class.
3685 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3686 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3687 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3688 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3689 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3690 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003691 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3692 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003693 // As above.
3694 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3695 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3696 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3697 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3698 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3699 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003700 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003701 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003702 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003703 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003704
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003705 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3706 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3707}
3708
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003709QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003710 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3711 return Context.DependentTy;
3712
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003713 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3714 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003716 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3717 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3718 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3719 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3720 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003721 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003722
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003723 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003724 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003725 return QualType();
3726}
3727
3728static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3729 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3730 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3731 switch (Kind) {
3732 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003733 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
3734 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003735 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3736 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3737 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3738 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3739 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3740 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3741 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3742 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3743 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3744 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3745 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3746 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3747 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3748 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3749 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3750 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3751 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3752 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3753 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3754 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3755 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3756 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3757 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3758 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3759 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3760 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3761 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3762 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3763 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3764 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3765 }
3766 return Opc;
3767}
3768
3769static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3770 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3771 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3772 switch (Kind) {
3773 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3774 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3775 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3776 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3777 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3778 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3779 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3780 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3781 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003782 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3783 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3784 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3785 }
3786 return Opc;
3787}
3788
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003789/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3790/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3791/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003792Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3793 unsigned Op,
3794 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003795 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3796 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3797 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3798
3799 switch (Opc) {
3800 default:
3801 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3802 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3803 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3804 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003805 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
3806 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
3807 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
3808 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
3809 break;
3810 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003811 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3812 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3813 break;
3814 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3815 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3816 break;
3817 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3818 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3819 break;
3820 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3821 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3822 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003823 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003824 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3825 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3826 break;
3827 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3828 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3829 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3830 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3831 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3832 break;
3833 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3834 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3835 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3836 break;
3837 case BinaryOperator::And:
3838 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3839 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3840 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3841 break;
3842 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3843 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3844 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3845 break;
3846 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3847 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3848 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3849 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3850 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3851 break;
3852 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3853 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3854 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3855 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3856 break;
3857 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3858 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3859 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3860 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3861 break;
3862 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3863 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3864 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3865 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3866 break;
3867 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3868 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3869 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3870 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3871 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3872 break;
3873 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3874 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3875 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3876 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3877 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3878 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3879 break;
3880 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3881 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3882 break;
3883 }
3884 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003885 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003886 if (CompTy.isNull())
3887 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3888 else
3889 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003890 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003891}
3892
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003893// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003894Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3895 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3896 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003897 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003898 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003899
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003900 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3901 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003902
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003903 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3904 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3905 // lookup for operator+.
3906 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003907 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3908 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003909 Context.DependentTy,
3910 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003911 else
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003912 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
3913 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003914 }
3915
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003916 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Opc != BinaryOperator::PtrMemD &&
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003917 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3918 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003919 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3920 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3921 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3922 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3923 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3924 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3925 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003926
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003927 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3928 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003929 // Overloading .* is not possible.
3930 static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>(0), OO_ArrowStar,
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003931 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3932 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3933 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3934 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3935 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3936 OO_Amp,
3937 OO_Caret,
3938 OO_Pipe,
3939 OO_AmpAmp,
3940 OO_PipePipe,
3941 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3942 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3943 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3944 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3945 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3946 OO_PipeEqual,
3947 OO_Comma
3948 };
3949 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3950
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003951 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003952 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003953 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003954 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003955 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, TokLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
3956 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003957
3958 // Perform overload resolution.
3959 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3960 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3961 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003962 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003963 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3964
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003965 if (FnDecl) {
3966 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3967 // operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003968
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003969 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003970 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3971 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3972 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3973 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003974 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003975 } else {
3976 // Convert the arguments.
3977 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3978 "passing") ||
3979 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3980 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003981 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003982 }
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003983
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003984 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003985 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003986 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3987 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003988
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003989 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003990 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3991 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorb4609802008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003992 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3993
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003994 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003995 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003996 } else {
3997 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3998 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3999 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004000 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4001 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
4002 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4003 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004004 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004005
4006 break;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004007 }
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004008 }
4009
4010 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4011 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004012 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004013 break;
4014
4015 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004016 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4017 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4018 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004019 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004020 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004021
4022 case OR_Deleted:
4023 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4024 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4025 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4026 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
4027 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4028 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004029 }
4030
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004031 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4032 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4033 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004034 }
4035
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004036 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4037 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004038}
4039
4040// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004041Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4042 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4043 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
4044 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004045 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004046
4047 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004049 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
4050 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
4051 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
4052 OO_None, OO_None,
4053 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
4054 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
4055 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
4056 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
4057 OO_None, OO_None,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004058 OO_None,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004059 OO_None
4060 };
4061 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
4062
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004064 // to the candidate set.
4065 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00004066 if (OverOp != OO_None &&
4067 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, &Input, 1, CandidateSet))
4068 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004069
4070 // Perform overload resolution.
4071 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4072 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
4073 case OR_Success: {
4074 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4075 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4076
4077 if (FnDecl) {
4078 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4079 // operator.
4080
4081 // Convert the arguments.
4082 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4083 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004084 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004085 } else {
4086 // Convert the arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004088 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4089 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004090 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004091 }
4092
4093 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004094 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004095 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4096 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004097
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004098 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004099 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004100 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004101 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4102
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004103 input.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004104 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, &Input,
4105 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004106 } else {
4107 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4108 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4109 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004110 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4111 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004112 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004113
4114 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004115 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004116 }
4117
4118 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4119 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4120 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4121 break;
4122
4123 case OR_Ambiguous:
4124 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4125 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4126 << Input->getSourceRange();
4127 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004128 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004129
4130 case OR_Deleted:
4131 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4132 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4133 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4134 << Input->getSourceRange();
4135 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4136 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004137 }
4138
4139 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4140 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004141 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004142 }
4143
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004144 QualType resultType;
4145 switch (Opc) {
4146 default:
4147 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
4148 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4149 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004150 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4151 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004152 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004153 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004154 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4155 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004157 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004158 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4159 break;
4160 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4161 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004162 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4163 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004164 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4165 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004166 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4167 break;
4168 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4169 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4170 break;
4171 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4172 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4173 resultType->isPointerType())
4174 break;
4175
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004176 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4177 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004178 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004179 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4180 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004181 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4182 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004183 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4184 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4185 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004186 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004187 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004188 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004189 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4190 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004191 break;
4192 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4193 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004194 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4195 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004196 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4197 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004198 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004199 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4200 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004201 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004202 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4203 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004204 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004205 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004206 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004207 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004208 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004209 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004210 resultType = Input->getType();
4211 break;
4212 }
4213 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004214 return ExprError();
4215 input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004216 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004217}
4218
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004219/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004220Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004221 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4222 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
4223 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Narofff3cf8972009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004224 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, Action::StmtTy*>::iterator I =
4225 ActiveScope->LabelMap.find(LabelII);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004226
Steve Narofff3cf8972009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004227 LabelStmt *LabelDecl;
4228
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004229 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4230 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Narofff3cf8972009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004231 if (I == ActiveScope->LabelMap.end()) {
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004232 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004233
Steve Narofff3cf8972009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004234 ActiveScope->LabelMap.insert(std::make_pair(LabelII, LabelDecl));
4235 } else
4236 LabelDecl = static_cast<LabelStmt *>(I->second);
4237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004238 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004239 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4240 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004241}
4242
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004243Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004244 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4245 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4246 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4247 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4248
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004249 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4250 if (isFileScope) {
4251 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4252 }
4253
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004254 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4255 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4256 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004257
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004258 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4259 // should not warn about it being unused.
4260
4261 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4262 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4263 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004264
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004265 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4266 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4267 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4268 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4269 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004270
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004271 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004272 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004273 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004274
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004275 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004276}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004277
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004278Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4279 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004280 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4281 TypeTy *argty,
4282 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4283 unsigned NumComponents,
4284 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4285 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4286 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004288 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4289
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004290 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4291 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4292 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004293 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004294 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004295
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004296 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4297 // the offsetof designators.
4298 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4299 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
4300 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
4301 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004302
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004303 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4304 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004305 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4306 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004307 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004308 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4309 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004311 if (!Dependent) {
4312 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4313 // leaks like a sieve.
4314 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4315 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4316 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4317 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4318 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4319 if (!AT) {
4320 Res->Destroy(Context);
4321 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4322 << Res->getType();
4323 }
4324
4325 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4326
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004327 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4328 // expression.
4329 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4330
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004331 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4332 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4333 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
4334 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4335 << Idx->getSourceRange();
4336
4337 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4338 OC.LocEnd);
4339 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004340 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004342 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4343 if (!RC) {
4344 Res->Destroy(Context);
4345 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4346 << Res->getType();
4347 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004348
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004349 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4350 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4351 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4352 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4353 LookupMemberName)
4354 .getAsDecl());
4355 if (!MemberDecl)
4356 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4357 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004358
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004359 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4360 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4361 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4362 // matter here.
4363 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004364 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004365 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004366 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004367
4368 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004369 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004370}
4371
4372
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004373Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004374 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4375 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4376 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4377 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004378
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004379 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004380
4381 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004382 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004383}
4384
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004385Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004386 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4387 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4388 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4389 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4390 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004392 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4393
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004394 QualType resType;
4395 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4396 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4397 } else {
4398 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4399 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4400 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4401 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
4402 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4403 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004404
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004405 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4406 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4407 }
4408
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004409 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004410 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004411}
4412
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004413//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4414// Clang Extensions.
4415//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4416
4417/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004418void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004419 // Analyze block parameters.
4420 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004422 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4423 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4424 CurBlock = BSI;
Steve Narofff3cf8972009-02-28 16:48:43 +00004425 ActiveScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004427 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4428 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004429 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004430
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004431 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004432 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004433}
4434
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004435void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4436 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4437
4438 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4439 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4440 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4441
4442 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4443 if (T.isNull())
4444 T = Context.DependentTy;
4445
4446 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4447 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4448 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4449
4450 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4451 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4452 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4453 .getTypePtr();
4454
4455 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4456 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4457 return;
4458 }
4459
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004460 // Analyze arguments to block.
4461 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4462 "Not a function declarator!");
4463 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004465 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4466 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004467
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004468 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4469 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4470 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4471 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4472 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4473 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4474 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004475 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004476 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4477 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004478 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4479 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004480 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4481
4482 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4483 .getTypePtr();
4484
4485 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4486 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004487 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004488 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004490 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4491 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4492 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4493 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4494 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004495}
4496
4497/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4498/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4499void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4500 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4501 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004503 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4504 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004506 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004508}
4509
4510/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4511/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4512Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4513 Scope *CurScope) {
4514 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4515 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004516 ExprOwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(this, static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004517
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004518 PopDeclContext();
4519
Steve Naroffb098c142009-02-28 21:01:15 +00004520 // Before poping CurBlock, set ActiveScope to this scopes parent.
4521 ActiveScope = CurBlock->TheScope->getParent();
4522
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004523 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4524 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004525
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004526 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4527 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4528 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004529
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004530 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4531 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4532 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004534 QualType BlockTy;
4535 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004536 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004537 else
4538 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004539 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004541 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004542
Steve Naroff1c90bfc2008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004543 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004544 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy, BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004545}
4546
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004547Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4548 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004549 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004550 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4551 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4552
4553 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004554
4555 // Get the va_list type
4556 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4557 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4558 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4559 // a pointer for va_arg.
4560 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4561 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004562 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4563 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004564
4565 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004566 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004567 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004568 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004570 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004571
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004572 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004573}
4574
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004575Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4576 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4577 // pointers on the target.
4578 QualType Ty;
4579 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4580 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4581 else
4582 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4583
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004584 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004585}
4586
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004587bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4588 SourceLocation Loc,
4589 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4590 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4591 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4592 bool isInvalid = false;
4593 unsigned DiagKind;
4594 switch (ConvTy) {
4595 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4596 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004597 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004598 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4599 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004600 case IntToPointer:
4601 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4602 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004603 case IncompatiblePointer:
4604 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4605 break;
4606 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4607 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4608 break;
4609 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004610 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4611 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4612 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4613 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4614 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4615 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4616 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4617 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4618 // C++ semantics.
4619 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4620 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4621 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004622 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4623 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004624 case IntToBlockPointer:
4625 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4626 break;
4627 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroffba80c9a2008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004628 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004629 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004630 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004632 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4633 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4634 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004635 case IncompatibleVectors:
4636 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4637 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004638 case Incompatible:
4639 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4640 isInvalid = true;
4641 break;
4642 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004643
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004644 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4645 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004646 return isInvalid;
4647}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004648
4649bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4650{
4651 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4652
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004653 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004654 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4655 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4656
4657 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4658 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4659 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4660 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4661 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4662 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4663 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004664
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004665 return true;
4666 }
4667
4668 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004670 E->getSourceRange();
4671
4672 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4673 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4674 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4675 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004676
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004677 if (Result)
4678 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4679 return false;
4680}